blob: 66e3601f0475215267f7baf271906f267a22c8b7 [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000027#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000028#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000029#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000045#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000046#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <algorithm>
48#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000049#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000050#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000051#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000052#include <set>
53#include <utility>
54#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000055
56using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000057using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059namespace {
60 class UnqualUsingEntry {
61 const DeclContext *Nominated;
62 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 public:
65 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
66 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
67 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
68 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000069
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000070 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
71 return CommonAncestor;
72 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000073
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000074 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
75 return Nominated;
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
79 struct Comparator {
80 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
81 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
82 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000083
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000084 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
85 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
86 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
89 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
90 }
91 };
92 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
95 /// lookup.
96 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000097 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 ListTy list;
100 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000101
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 public:
103 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000104
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000106 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
108 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
109 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000110 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000111 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000112
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000113 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000114 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
115 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
116 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000117 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000118 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
119 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
120 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000121 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
122 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000124 }
125 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000126
127 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
128 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
129 // declared in the context.
130 //
131 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
132 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
133 // the effective DCs right.
134 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000135 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000136 return;
137
138 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
139 }
140
141 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
142 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
143 // were declared in the effective DC.
144 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
145 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000146 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000147 return;
148
149 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
150 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
151 }
152
153 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
154 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
155 // the given effective context.
156 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000157 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000158 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000159 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000160 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000161 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000162 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
163 queue.push_back(NS);
164 }
165 }
166
167 if (queue.empty())
168 return;
169
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000170 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000171 }
172 }
173
174 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
175 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
176 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
177 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
178 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
179 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
180 // the first.
181 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
182 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
183 // the nominated namespace.
184 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
185 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
186 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000187 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000188
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000189 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
190 }
191
192 void done() {
193 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
194 }
195
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000197
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000198 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
199 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
200
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000201 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000202 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000203 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
204 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
205 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000206 }
207 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000208} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000210// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
211// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000212static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
213 bool CPlusPlus,
214 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 unsigned IDNS = 0;
216 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000217 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000218 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000219 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000220 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000221 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000222 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000224 if (Redeclaration)
225 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000226 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000227 if (Redeclaration)
228 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000229 break;
230
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000231 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
232 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
233 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
234 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
235 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
236 break;
237
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000238 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000239 if (CPlusPlus) {
240 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
241
242 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
243 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
244 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
245 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
246 // "overload" with tag decls.
247 if (Redeclaration)
248 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
249 } else {
250 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
251 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000253
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000254 case Sema::LookupLabel:
255 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
256 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000257
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000258 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
260 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 break;
263
264 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000265 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
266 break;
267
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000268 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000269 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000270 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000271
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000272 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000273 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
275 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
276 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000277 break;
278
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000279 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
280 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
281 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +0000283 case Sema::LookupOMPReductionName:
284 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_OMPReduction;
285 break;
286
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000287 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000288 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000289 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
290 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
291 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000292 }
293 return IDNS;
294}
295
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000296void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000297 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000298 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000299
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000300 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
301 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
302 // operators can be found.
303 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
304 case OO_New:
305 case OO_Delete:
306 case OO_Array_New:
307 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000308 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000309 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000310
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000311 default:
312 break;
313 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000314
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000315 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
316 // up being declared.
317 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
318 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000319 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000320 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000321 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000322 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000323}
324
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000325bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000326 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000327 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
328 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
329 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
330 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
331 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
332 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
333 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000334 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
335 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000336 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
337 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
338 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000339 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000340}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000341
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000342// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000343void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000344 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000345}
346
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000347/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
348/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000349static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000350 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
351 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
352 // those.
353 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
354 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
355 return DC;
356
357 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
358 // declaration must have been found there.
359 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
360}
361
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000362/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
363/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000364static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000365 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
366 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
367 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
368 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
369 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
370 return true;
371
372 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
373 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
374
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000375 // If they have different underlying declarations, prefer a typedef over the
376 // original type (this happens when two type declarations denote the same
377 // type), per a generous reading of C++ [dcl.typedef]p3 and p4. The typedef
378 // might carry additional semantic information, such as an alignment override.
379 // However, per C++ [dcl.typedef]p5, when looking up a tag name, prefer a tag
380 // declaration over a typedef.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000381 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
382 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000383 bool HaveTag = isa<TagDecl>(EUnderlying);
384 bool WantTag = Kind == Sema::LookupTagName;
385 return HaveTag != WantTag;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000386 }
387
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000388 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
389 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
390 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
391 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
392 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
393 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
394 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
395 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
396 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
397 if (DMin != EMin)
398 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000399 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
400 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000401 }
402
403 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
404 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
405 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
406 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
407 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000408 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
409 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
410 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000411 if (DMin != EMin)
412 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000413 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
414 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
415 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
416 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
417 I != N; ++I) {
418 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
419 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
420 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
421 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
422 return true;
423 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000424 }
425
Vassil Vassilev4d75e8d2016-02-28 19:08:24 +0000426 // VarDecl can have incomplete array types, prefer the one with more complete
427 // array type.
428 if (VarDecl *DVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
429 VarDecl *EVD = cast<VarDecl>(EUnderlying);
430 if (EVD->getType()->isIncompleteType() &&
431 !DVD->getType()->isIncompleteType()) {
432 // Prefer the decl with a more complete type if visible.
433 return S.isVisible(DVD);
434 }
435 return false; // Avoid picking up a newer decl, just because it was newer.
436 }
437
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000438 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
439 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
440 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
441 // keep what we've got.
442 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
443 }
444
445 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000446 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
447 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
448 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
449 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000450 return false;
451}
452
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000453/// Determine whether \p D can hide a tag declaration.
454static bool canHideTag(NamedDecl *D) {
455 // C++ [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
456 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region [...]
457 // exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration name
458 // that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all refer to
459 // the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions and function
460 // templates; in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden.
461 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
462 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of a
463 // variable, data member, function, or enumerator declared in the same
464 // scope.
465 D = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
466 return isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D) ||
467 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || isa<FieldDecl>(D);
468}
469
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000470/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000471void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000472 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000473
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000474 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000475 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000476 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
477 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000478 return;
479 }
480
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000481 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
482 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000483 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000484 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
485 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000486 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000487 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000488 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
489 return;
490 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000491
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000492 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000493 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000494
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000495 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000496 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000497
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000498 bool Ambiguous = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000499 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000500 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000501 NamedDecl *HasNonFunction = nullptr;
502
503 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> EquivalentNonFunctions;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000504
505 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000506
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000507 unsigned I = 0;
508 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000509 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
510 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000511
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000512 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000513 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000514 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
515 continue;
516 }
517
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000518 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
519
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000520 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
521 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
522 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
523 // canonical type.
524 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000525 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
526 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
527 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
528 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
529 // The type is not unique.
530 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000531 }
532 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000533
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000534 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
535 // canonical declaration.
536 if (!ExistingI) {
537 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
538 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
539 // We've seen this entity before.
540 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000541 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000542 }
543
544 if (ExistingI) {
545 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
546 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000547 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000548 Decls[*ExistingI]))
549 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
550 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000551 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000552 }
553
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000554 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000555
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000556 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
557 HasUnresolved = true;
558 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
559 if (HasTag)
560 Ambiguous = true;
561 UniqueTagIndex = I;
562 HasTag = true;
563 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
564 HasFunction = true;
565 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
566 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
567 HasFunction = true;
568 } else {
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000569 if (HasNonFunction) {
570 // If we're about to create an ambiguity between two declarations that
571 // are equivalent, but one is an internal linkage declaration from one
572 // module and the other is an internal linkage declaration from another
573 // module, just skip it.
574 if (getSema().isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(HasNonFunction,
575 D)) {
576 EquivalentNonFunctions.push_back(D);
577 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
578 continue;
579 }
580
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000581 Ambiguous = true;
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000582 }
583 HasNonFunction = D;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000584 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000585 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000587
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000588 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
589 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
590 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
591 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
592 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
593 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
594 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
595 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
596 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000597 if (N > 1 && HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000598 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith990668b2015-11-12 22:04:34 +0000599 NamedDecl *OtherDecl = Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1];
600 if (isa<TagDecl>(Decls[UniqueTagIndex]->getUnderlyingDecl()) &&
601 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
602 getContextForScopeMatching(OtherDecl)) &&
603 canHideTag(OtherDecl))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000604 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
605 else
606 Ambiguous = true;
607 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000608
Richard Smith2dbe4042015-11-04 19:26:32 +0000609 // FIXME: This diagnostic should really be delayed until we're done with
610 // the lookup result, in case the ambiguity is resolved by the caller.
611 if (!EquivalentNonFunctions.empty() && !Ambiguous)
612 getSema().diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
613 getNameLoc(), HasNonFunction, EquivalentNonFunctions);
614
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000615 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000616
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000617 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000618 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000619
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000620 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000621 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000622 else if (HasUnresolved)
623 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000624 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000625 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000626 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000627 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000628}
629
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000630void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000631 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000632 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000633 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
634 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000635 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000636}
637
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000638void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000639 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
640 Paths->swap(P);
641 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
642 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000643 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000644}
645
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000646void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000647 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
648 Paths->swap(P);
649 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
650 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000651 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000652}
653
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000654void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000655 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
656 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
657 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000658
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000659 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
660 Out << "\n";
661 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
662 }
663}
664
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +0000665LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void LookupResult::dump() {
666 llvm::errs() << "lookup results for " << getLookupName().getAsString()
667 << ":\n";
668 for (NamedDecl *D : *this)
669 D->dump();
670}
671
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000672/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
673/// fail.
674static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
675 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
676
677 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
678 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
679 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
680 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
681 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
682 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
683 if (II) {
Nemanja Ivanovicd7d45bf2016-04-15 18:04:13 +0000684 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
685 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
686 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
687 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
688 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
689 return true;
690 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000691 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName &&
692 II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
693 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
694 return true;
695 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000696
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000697 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
698 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
Anastasia Stulovab607e0f2016-02-02 11:29:43 +0000699 // In C++ and OpenCL (spec v1.2 s6.9.f), we don't have any predefined
700 // library functions like 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
701 if ((S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000702 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
703 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000704
705 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
706 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000707 R.isForRedeclaration(),
708 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000709 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000710 return true;
711 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000712 }
713 }
714 }
715
716 return false;
717}
718
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000719/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
720/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000721static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000722 // We need to have a definition for the class.
723 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
724 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000725
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000726 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000727 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000728}
729
730void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000731 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000732 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000733
734 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000735 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000736 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000737
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000738 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000739 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000740 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000741
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000742 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000743 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000744 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
745
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000746 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000747 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
748 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
749 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
750
751 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
752 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
753 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
754 }
755
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000756 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000757 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000758 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000759}
760
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000761/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000762/// special member function.
763static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
764 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000765 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000766 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
767 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000768
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000769 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
770 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000771
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000772 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000773 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000774 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000775
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000776 return false;
777}
778
779/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
780/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000781static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000782 DeclarationName Name,
783 const DeclContext *DC) {
784 if (!DC)
785 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000786
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000787 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000788 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
789 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000790 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000791 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000792 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000793 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000794 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000795 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000796 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000797 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
798 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000799 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000800 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000801
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000802 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
803 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000804 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000805 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000806 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000807 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000808
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000809 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
810 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
811 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000812
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000813 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000814 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000815 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000816 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000817 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000818 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000819 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
820 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
821 }
822 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000823 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000824
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000825 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000826 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000827 }
828}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000829
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000830// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
831// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000832static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000833 bool Found = false;
834
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000835 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000836 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000837 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000838
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000839 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000840 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
841 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000842 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000843 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000844 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000845 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000846 Found = true;
847 }
848 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000849
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000850 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
851 return true;
852
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000853 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000854 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
855 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
856 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
857 return Found;
858
859 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000860 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000861 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
862 // context of the use are considered. [...]
863 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000864 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000865 return Found;
866
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000867 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
868 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000869 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
870 if (!ConvTemplate)
871 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000872
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000873 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000874 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
875 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000876 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
877 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
878 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
879 Found = true;
880 continue;
881 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000882
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000883 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000884 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
885 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000886 // name lookup.
887 //
888 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
889 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000890 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000891 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
892 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000893 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000894 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000895
896 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000897 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
898 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000899
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000900 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
901 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
902 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000903 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000904 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000905 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000906 QualType ExpectedType
907 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000908 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000909
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000910 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
911 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000912 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000913 Specialization, Info)
914 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
915 R.addDecl(Specialization);
916 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000917 }
918 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000919
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000920 return Found;
921}
922
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000923// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000924static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000925CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000926 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000927
928 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
929
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000930 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000931 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000932
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000933 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
934 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000935 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
936 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000937 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000938
939 R.resolveKind();
940
941 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000942}
943
944static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000945 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000946 return Ctx->isFileContext();
947 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000948}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000949
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000950// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
951// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
952// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
953// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
954// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
955// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
956// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
957static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000958 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000959 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000960 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000961 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
962 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000963 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000964 break;
965 }
966 }
967
968 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
969 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
970 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
971 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
972 // a member of this namespace.
973 //
974 // Example:
975 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000976 // namespace N {
977 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000978 //
979 // template<class T> class B {
980 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000981 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000982 // }
983 //
984 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
985 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
986 // }
987 //
988 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
989 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000990 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000991 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
992 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
993
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000994 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000995 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
996 // template<class C>.
997 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
998 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
999 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
1000 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001001
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001002 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
1003 // the example, this is namespace N.
1004 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
1005 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
1006 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001007
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001008 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
1009 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
1010 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
1011 // example, this is the global scope.
1012 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
1013 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
1014 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
1015
1016 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001017}
1018
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001019namespace {
1020/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
1021/// declarations.
1022struct FindLocalExternScope {
1023 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
1024 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
1025 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
1026 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
1027 }
1028 void restore() {
1029 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
1030 }
1031 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
1032 restore();
1033 }
1034 LookupResult &R;
1035 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
1036};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00001037} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001038
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001039bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001040 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001041
1042 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001043 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001044
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001045 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
1046 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
1047 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
1048 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001049 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001050 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
1051 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001052
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +00001053 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
1054 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
1055
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001056 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001057 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001058 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
1059 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001060
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001061 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001062 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001063 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1064 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1065 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001066 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001067 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001068 //
1069 // For example:
1070 // namespace A { int i; }
1071 // void foo() {
1072 // int i;
1073 // {
1074 // using namespace A;
1075 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1076 // }
1077 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001078 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001079 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1080 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001081 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001082 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001083
1084 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1085 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1086
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001087 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001088 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001089
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001090 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001091 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001092 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001093 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001094 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1095 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1096 // out-of-scope.
1097 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1098 LeftStartingScope = true;
1099
1100 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +00001101 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
1102 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
1103 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
1104 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001105 R.setShadowed();
1106 continue;
1107 }
1108 }
1109
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001110 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001111 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001112 }
1113 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001114 if (Found) {
1115 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001116 if (S->isClassScope())
1117 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1118 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001119 return true;
1120 }
1121
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001122 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001123 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1124 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1125 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1126 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1127 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1128 return false;
1129 }
1130
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001131 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1132 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1133 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001134 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001135 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1136 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1137 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1138 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001139 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001140 }
1141
1142 if (Ctx) {
1143 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1144 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001145 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001146 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1147 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1148
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001149 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001150 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1151 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1152 // non-transparent context.
1153 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001154 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001155
1156 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1157 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1158 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1159 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1160 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1161 // in the corresponding interface.
1162 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1163 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1164 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1165 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1166 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001167 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001168 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001169 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1170 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001171 R.resolveKind();
1172 return true;
1173 }
1174 }
1175 }
1176 }
1177
1178 continue;
1179 }
1180
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001181 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1182 // lookup considering using directives.
1183 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001184 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1185 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1186 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001187 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1188 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1189 continue;
1190
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001191 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001192 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001193
1194 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1195 // from local scopes.
1196 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1197 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1198 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1199 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1200 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1201
1202 UDirs.done();
1203
1204 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1205 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001206
1207 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1208 R.resolveKind();
1209 return true;
1210 }
1211
1212 continue;
1213 }
1214
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001215 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1216 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1217 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1218 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1219 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1220 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001221 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001222 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001223 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001224 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001225 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001226
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001227 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1228 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1229 if (!S) return false;
1230
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001231 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001232 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001233 return false;
1234
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001235 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001236 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001237 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001238 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1239 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001240 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1241 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1242 UDirs.done();
1243 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001244
1245 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1246 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1247 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1248 FindLocals.restore();
1249
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001250 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001251 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1252 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1253 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1254 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001255 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001256 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001257 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001258 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001259 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1260 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1261 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1262 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001263 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001264 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001265 }
1266 }
1267
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001268 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001269 R.resolveKind();
1270 return true;
1271 }
1272
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001273 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001274 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1275 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1276 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001277 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001278 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1279 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1280 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1281 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001282 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001283 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001284
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001285 if (Ctx) {
1286 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1287 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001288 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001289 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1290 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1291
1292 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1293 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1294 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1295 // non-transparent context.
1296 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1297 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001298
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001299 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1300 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1301 // look into that context.
1302 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1303 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1304 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001305
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001306 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1307 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1308 Found = true;
1309 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001310
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001311 if (Found) {
1312 R.resolveKind();
1313 return true;
1314 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001315
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001316 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1317 return false;
1318 }
1319 }
1320
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001321 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001322 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001323 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001324
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001325 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001326}
1327
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001328/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1329/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1330static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1331 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1332}
1333
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001334Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1335 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1336 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1337 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1338 return M;
1339 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1340 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1341
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001342 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1343 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1344 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1345 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1346 // class).
1347 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1348 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1349 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1350 }
1351
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001352 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1353 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1354 if (M)
1355 return M;
1356
1357 if (auto *Containing =
1358 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1359 M = Containing;
1360 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1361 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1362 // locations.
1363 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1364 } else {
1365 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1366 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1367 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1368 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1369 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1370 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1371 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1372
1373 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1374 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1375 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1376 auto &TopLevel =
1377 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1378 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1379 }
1380
1381 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1382 }
1383
1384 if (M)
1385 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1386 return M;
1387}
1388
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001389void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001390 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1391 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1392 else
1393 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1394 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001395
1396 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1397 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1398 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1399 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1400 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001401}
1402
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001403/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001404static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001405 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1406 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1407 // the module containing the pattern.
1408 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1409 Entity = Pattern;
1410 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001411 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1412 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001413 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1414 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1415 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1416 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1417 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1418 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1419 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1420 }
1421
1422 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1423 // from a template.
1424 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1425 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001426 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1427 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001428}
1429
1430llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1431 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1432 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1433 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001434 Module *M =
1435 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001436 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001437 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001438 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1439 }
1440 return LookupModulesCache;
1441}
1442
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001443bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1444 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1445 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1446 return true;
1447 return false;
1448}
1449
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001450template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001451static bool
1452hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1453 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001454 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1455 return false;
1456
1457 while (D) {
1458 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1459 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1460 return true;
1461
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001462 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1463 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1464 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1465 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1466 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1467 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001468
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001469 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1470 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1471 }
1472 return false;
1473}
1474
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001475bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1476 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001477 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001478 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001479 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001480 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1481 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1482 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001483}
1484
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001485/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1486///
1487/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1488/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1489/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1490/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1491/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1492/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1493bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001494 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001495 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1496
1497 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1498 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1499 if (!DeclModule) {
1500 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1501 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001502 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001503 }
1504
1505 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1506 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1507 // top-level module.)
1508 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1509 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1510 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001511 return true;
1512 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001513
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001514 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1515 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1516 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1517 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1518 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001519 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1520 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1521 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1522 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1523 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1524 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001525 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1526 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1527 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001528 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1529 // its parent has a visible definition.
1530 D->setHidden(false);
1531 }
1532 return true;
1533 }
1534 return false;
1535 }
1536
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001537 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1538 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1539 if (LookupModules.empty())
1540 return false;
1541
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001542 if (!DeclModule) {
1543 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1544 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1545 }
1546
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001547 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1548 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1549 return true;
1550
1551 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1552 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1553 return false;
1554
1555 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1556 // the lookup set.
Yaron Keren941ad902015-11-23 19:28:42 +00001557 return std::any_of(LookupModules.begin(), LookupModules.end(),
Yaron Keren4c31fcf2015-11-24 20:18:24 +00001558 [&](Module *M) { return M->isModuleVisible(DeclModule); });
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001559}
1560
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001561bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1562 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1563}
1564
Richard Smith10568d82015-11-17 03:02:41 +00001565bool Sema::shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &R, const NamedDecl *New) {
1566 for (auto *D : R) {
1567 if (isVisible(D))
1568 return true;
1569 }
1570 return New->isExternallyVisible();
1571}
1572
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001573/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1574///
1575/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1576/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1577/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001578///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001579/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1580/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001581static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1582 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001583
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001584 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001585 // Don't bother with extra checks if we already know this one isn't visible.
1586 if (RD == D)
1587 continue;
1588
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001589 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001590 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1591 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1592 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001593 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001594 return ND;
1595 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001596 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001597
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001598 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001599}
1600
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001601NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Richard Smith4083e032016-02-17 21:52:44 +00001602 if (auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1603 // Namespaces are a bit of a special case: we expect there to be a lot of
1604 // redeclarations of some namespaces, all declarations of a namespace are
1605 // essentially interchangeable, all declarations are found by name lookup
1606 // if any is, and namespaces are never looked up during template
1607 // instantiation. So we benefit from caching the check in this case, and
1608 // it is correct to do so.
1609 auto *Key = ND->getCanonicalDecl();
1610 if (auto *Acceptable = getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.lookup(Key))
1611 return Acceptable;
1612 auto *Acceptable =
1613 isVisible(getSema(), Key) ? Key : findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), Key);
1614 if (Acceptable)
1615 getSema().VisibleNamespaceCache.insert(std::make_pair(Key, Acceptable));
1616 return Acceptable;
1617 }
1618
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001619 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001620}
1621
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001622/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1623/// scope.
1624///
1625/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1626/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1627/// @code
1628/// int x;
1629/// int f() {
1630/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1631/// }
1632/// @endcode
1633///
1634/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1635/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1636/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1637/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1638/// class LookupCriteria.
1639///
1640/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1641/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1642/// in the parent scopes.
1643///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001644/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1645/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1646/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1647/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001648///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001649/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001650bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1651 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001652 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001653
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001654 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1655
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001656 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001657 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1658 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001659 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001660 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1661 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001662 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001663 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001664 }
1665
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001666 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1667 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1668
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001669 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1670 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1671 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1672 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001673 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1674
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001675 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001677 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001678 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001679 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1680 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1681 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001682 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001683 LeftStartingScope = true;
1684
1685 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1686 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001687 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1688 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001689 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001690 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001691 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001692 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1693 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1694 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001695
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001696 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001697
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001698 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1699 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001700 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001701 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1702 // actually exists in a Scope).
1703 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1704 S = S->getParent();
1705
1706 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1707 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1708 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1709 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001710 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001711
1712 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001713 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001714 if (!S)
1715 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1716
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001717 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1718 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001719 if (S) {
1720 // Match based on scope.
1721 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1722 break;
1723 } else {
1724 // Match based on DeclContext.
1725 DeclContext *LastDC
1726 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1727 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1728 break;
1729 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001730
1731 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1732 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1733 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001734 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001735
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001736 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001737 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001738
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001739 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001740 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001741 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001742 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001743 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001744 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001745 }
1746
1747 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1748 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1749 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001750 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1751 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001752
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001753 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1754 // may be able to handle the situation.
1755 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1756 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1757 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001758}
1759
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001760/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1761/// using directives by the given context.
1762///
1763/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001764/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001765/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1766/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1767/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1768/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1769/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1770/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1771/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1772/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1773/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1774/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1775/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1776/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001777///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001778/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1779/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1780/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1781/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1782/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1783/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1784/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1785/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1786/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001787static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001788 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001789 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1790
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001791 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1792 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001793
1794 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001795 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001796 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1797
1798 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1799 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001800 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001801
1802 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1803 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001804 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1805 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001806 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001807 Queue.push_back(ND);
1808 }
1809
1810 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1811 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1812 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1813 // a tag.
1814 bool FoundTag = false;
1815 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1816
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001817 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001818
1819 bool Found = false;
1820 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001821 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001822
1823 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1824 // between LookupResults.
1825 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001826 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001827 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001828
1829 if (FoundDirect) {
1830 // First do any local hiding.
1831 DirectR.resolveKind();
1832
1833 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1834 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1835 FoundTag = true;
1836 else
1837 FoundNonTag = true;
1838
1839 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1840 if (UseLocal) {
1841 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1842 LocalR.clear();
1843 }
1844 }
1845
1846 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1847 if (FoundDirect) {
1848 Found = true;
1849 continue;
1850 }
1851
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001852 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001853 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001854 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001855 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1856 }
1857 }
1858
1859 if (Found) {
1860 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1861 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1862 else
1863 R.resolveKind();
1864 }
1865
1866 return Found;
1867}
1868
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001869/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001870static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001871 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001872 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001873
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001874 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001875 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001876}
1877
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001878/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001879/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1880template<typename InputIterator>
1881static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1882 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1883 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1884 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001885
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001886 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1887 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1888 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1889 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1890 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001891
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001892 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1893 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1894 break;
1895 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001896
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001897 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1898 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1899 break;
1900 }
1901 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001902
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001903 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1904 return true;
1905 }
1906
1907 return false;
1908}
1909
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001910/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001911///
1912/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1913/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001914/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001915///
1916/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1917/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1918/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1919/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1920/// class LookupCriteria.
1921///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001922/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1923///
1924/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001925/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1926/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1927///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001928/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001929/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001930///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001931/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1932bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1933 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001934 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001935
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001936 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001937 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001938
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001939 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1940 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1941 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001942 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001943 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001944 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001945
Eugene Leviant0d8103e2015-11-18 12:48:05 +00001946 struct QualifiedLookupInScope {
1947 bool oldVal;
1948 DeclContext *Context;
1949 // Set flag in DeclContext informing debugger that we're looking for qualified name
1950 QualifiedLookupInScope(DeclContext *ctx) : Context(ctx) {
1951 oldVal = ctx->setUseQualifiedLookup();
1952 }
1953 ~QualifiedLookupInScope() {
1954 Context->setUseQualifiedLookup(oldVal);
1955 }
1956 } QL(LookupCtx);
1957
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001958 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001959 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001960 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1961 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001962 return true;
1963 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001964
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001965 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1966 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1967 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1968 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1969 // for the namespace member has the form
1970 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1971 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1972 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1973 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001974 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001975 return false;
1976
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001977 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001978 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001979 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001980
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001981 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001982 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001983 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001984 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001985 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001986
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001987 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1988 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001989 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001990 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1991 // or we have to fail.
1992 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1993 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1994 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1995 return false;
1996 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001997
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001998 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001999 CXXBasePaths Paths;
2000 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002001
2002 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002003 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
2004 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002005 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00002006 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002007 case LookupOrdinaryName:
2008 case LookupMemberName:
2009 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00002010 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002011 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
2012 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002013
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002014 case LookupTagName:
2015 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
2016 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002017
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002018 case LookupAnyName:
2019 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
2020 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002021
Alexey Bataev94a4f0c2016-03-03 05:21:39 +00002022 case LookupOMPReductionName:
2023 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOMPReductionMember;
2024 break;
2025
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00002026 case LookupUsingDeclName:
2027 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002028
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002029 case LookupOperatorName:
2030 case LookupNamespaceName:
2031 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00002032 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002033 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002034 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002035
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002036 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
2037 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
2038 break;
2039 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002040
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00002041 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2042 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
2043 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
2044 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
2045 },
2046 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002047 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002048
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002049 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
2050
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002051 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
2052 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
2053 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
2054 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
2055 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
2056 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002057 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00002058 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00002059 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002060
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002061 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002062 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00002063 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002064
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00002065 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
2066 // across all paths.
2067 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002068
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002069 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
2070 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002071 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002072 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
2073 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002074 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002075 }
2076
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002077 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002078 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
2079 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002080 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00002081 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002082 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002083 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002084 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
2085 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002086
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002087 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2088 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002089 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
2090 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
2091 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002092
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002093 ++FirstD;
2094 ++CurrentD;
2095 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002096
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002097 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
2098 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002099 continue;
2100 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002101
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002102 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2103 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002104 }
2105
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002106 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002107 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2108
2109 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2110 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2111 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002112 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002113 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002114 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002115
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002116 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2117 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002118 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2119 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002120 }
2121 }
2122
2123 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2124
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002125 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002126 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2127 D->getAccess());
2128 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2129 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002130 R.resolveKind();
2131 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002132}
2133
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002134/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2135/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2136///
2137/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2138/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2139/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2140///
2141/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2142///
2143/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2144/// search.
2145///
2146/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2147///
2148/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2149bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2150 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2151 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2152 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2153 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2154 else
2155
2156 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2157}
2158
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002159/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2160/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2161///
2162/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2163/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2164/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2165/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002166/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2167/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002168///
2169/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2170/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002172/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002173///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002174/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2175/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2176///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002177/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002178bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002179 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002180 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2181 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002182 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002183 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002184 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002186 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002187 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2188 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2189 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2190
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002191 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002192 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002193 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002194 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002195 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002196
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002197 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002198 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002199 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002200
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002201 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002202 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002203 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002204 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2205 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002206 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002207 }
2208
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002210 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002211}
2212
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002213/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2214/// class.
2215///
2216/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2217///
2218/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2219/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002220///
2221/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2222bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002223 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2224 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2225 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2226 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002227 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2228 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2229 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2230 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2231 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2232 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002233
2234 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2235 // the path access.
2236 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2237 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2238 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2239 I.getAccess()));
2240 }
2241
2242 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002243 }
2244
2245 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002246 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002247
2248 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002249}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002250
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002251/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002252/// from name lookup.
2253///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002254/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002255void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002256 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2257
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002258 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2259 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2260 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2261
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002262 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2263 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2264 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2265 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2266 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2267 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2268 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002269
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002270 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002271 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2272 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2273 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002274
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002275 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002276 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002277 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002278
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002279 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002280 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2281 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002282
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002283 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002284 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002285 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2286 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002287 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002288 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002289 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2290 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2291 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002292 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002293 }
2294
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002295 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2296 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002297
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002298 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002299
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002300 for (auto *D : Result)
2301 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002302 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2303 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2304 }
2305
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002306 for (auto *D : Result)
2307 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2308 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002309
2310 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002311 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2312 while (F.hasNext()) {
2313 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2314 F.erase();
2315 }
2316 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002317 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002318 }
2319
2320 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2321 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002322
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002323 for (auto *D : Result)
2324 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002325 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002326 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002327 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002328}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002329
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002330namespace {
2331 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002332 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002333 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2334 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002335 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2336 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002337 }
2338
2339 Sema &S;
2340 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2341 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002342 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002343 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002344} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002345
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002346static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002347addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002348
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002349static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2350 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2351 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2352
2353 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2354 // be a locally scoped record.
2355
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002356 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2357 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2358 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2359 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2360 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002361 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2362
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002363 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002364 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002365}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002366
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002368// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002370addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2371 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002372 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002373 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002374 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2375 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2376 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002378 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2379 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2380 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2381 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002382 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002383 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002384
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002385 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002386 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002387 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2388 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002389 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002390 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002392 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002393 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2394 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002395 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002396 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002397 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002398 }
2399 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002400 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002401
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002402 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002403 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2404 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002405 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002406 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002407 // associated namespaces. ]
2408 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002410 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002411 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2412 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002413 break;
2414 }
2415}
2416
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002417// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002418// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2419// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2420static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002421addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2422 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2423
2424 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2425 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2426 return;
2427
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002428 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2429 // [...]
2430 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2431 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2432 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2433 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002435
2436 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2437 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2438 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002439 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002440 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002441 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002443 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2444 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002445 //
2446 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2447 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2448 // added its base classes yet.
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002449 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002450 return;
2451
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2453 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002454 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002455 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002456 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002457 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2458 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2459 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002460 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002461 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002462 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2463 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2464 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002465 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002466 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002467 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002468
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002469 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2470 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002471 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002472 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002474 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smithdb0ac552015-12-18 22:40:25 +00002475 if (!Result.S.isCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc,
2476 Result.S.Context.getRecordType(Class)))
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002477 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002478
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002479 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2480 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002481 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002482 Bases.push_back(Class);
2483 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2484 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002485 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002486
2487 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002488 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2489 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002490 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2491 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2492 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2493 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2494 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2495 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2496 if (!BaseType)
2497 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002498 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
Richard Smith6642bb32016-03-24 19:12:22 +00002499 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002500 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2501 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002502 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002503
2504 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2505 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2506 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2507 }
2508 }
2509 }
2510}
2511
2512// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2513// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002514// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2515static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002516addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002517 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2518 //
2519 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2520 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2521 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2522 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2523 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2524 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2525 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2526 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002527
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002528 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002529 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2530
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002531 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002532 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2533
2534#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2535#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2536#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2537#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2538#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2539#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2540 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2541 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2542 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2543 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2544 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002545 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002546
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002547 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2548 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2549 case Type::Pointer:
2550 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2551 continue;
2552 case Type::ConstantArray:
2553 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2554 case Type::VariableArray:
2555 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2556 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002557
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002558 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2559 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2560 case Type::Builtin:
2561 break;
2562
2563 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2564 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2565 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2566 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2567 // which its associated classes are defined.
2568 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00002569 CXXRecordDecl *Class =
2570 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002571 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002572 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002573 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002574
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002575 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2576 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002577 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002578 // it has no associated class.
2579 case Type::Enum: {
2580 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002581
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002582 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2583 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002584 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002585
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002586 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002587 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002588
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002589 break;
2590 }
2591
2592 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2593 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2594 // types and those associated with the return type.
2595 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2596 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002597 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2598 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002599 // fallthrough
2600 }
2601 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2602 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002603 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002604 continue;
2605 }
2606
2607 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2608 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2609 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2610 // together with those associated with X.
2611 //
2612 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2613 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2614 // with the member type together with those associated with
2615 // X.
2616 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2617 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2618
2619 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2620 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2621
2622 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2623 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2624 continue;
2625 }
2626
2627 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2628 case Type::BlockPointer:
2629 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2630 continue;
2631
2632 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2633 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2634 case Type::LValueReference:
2635 case Type::RValueReference:
2636 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2637 continue;
2638
2639 // These are fundamental types.
2640 case Type::Vector:
2641 case Type::ExtVector:
2642 case Type::Complex:
2643 break;
2644
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002645 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2646 case Type::Auto:
2647 break;
2648
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002649 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2650 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2651 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002652 case Type::ObjCObject:
2653 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2654 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002655 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002656 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002657
2658 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2659 // contained type.
2660 case Type::Atomic:
2661 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2662 continue;
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002663 case Type::Pipe:
2664 T = cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2665 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002666 }
2667
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002668 if (Queue.empty())
2669 break;
2670 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002671 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002672}
2673
2674/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2675/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2676/// arguments.
2677///
2678/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002679/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002680/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002681void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2682 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2683 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2684 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002685 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2686 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2687
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002688 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2689 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002690
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002691 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2692 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2693 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2694 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2695 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2696 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002697 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002698 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002699 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2700
2701 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002702 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002703 continue;
2704 }
2705
2706 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2707 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2708 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2709 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2710 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2711 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2712 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002713 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002714 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002715 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002716 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002717
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002718 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2719 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002720
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002721 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002722 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002723 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002724
2725 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2726 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002727 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002728 }
2729 }
2730}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002731
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002732NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002733 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002734 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2735 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002736 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002737 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002738 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002739}
2740
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002741/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002742ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002743 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2744 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002745 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002746 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002747 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2748}
2749
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002750void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002751 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002752 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002753 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2754 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2755 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2756 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2757 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002758 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002759 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002760 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2761 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002762
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002763 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002764 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002765}
2766
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002767Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002768 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2769 bool ConstArg,
2770 bool VolatileArg,
2771 bool RValueThis,
2772 bool ConstThis,
2773 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002774 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002775 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002776 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002777 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2778 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2779 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2780 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2781 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2782 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2783
2784 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002785 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002786 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2787 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2788 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2789 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2790 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2791 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2792
2793 void *InsertPoint;
2794 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2795 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2796
2797 // This was already cached
2798 if (Result)
2799 return Result;
2800
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002801 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2802 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002803 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2804
2805 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002806 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002807 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2808 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002809 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2810 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002811 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2812 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002813 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002814 return Result;
2815 }
2816
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002817 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2818 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002819 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002820 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002821 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002822 unsigned NumArgs;
2823
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002824 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2825 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2826
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002827 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2828 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2829 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002830 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2831 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002832 } else {
2833 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2834 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002835 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002836 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002838 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002839 } else {
2840 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002841 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002842 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002843 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002844 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002845 }
2846
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002847 if (ConstArg)
2848 ArgType.addConst();
2849 if (VolatileArg)
2850 ArgType.addVolatile();
2851
2852 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2853 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2854 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2855 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2856 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2857 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2858 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002859 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002860 VK = VK_LValue;
2861 else
2862 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002863 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002864
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002865 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2866
2867 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002868 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002869 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002870 }
2871
2872 // Create the object argument
2873 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2874 if (ConstThis)
2875 ThisTy.addConst();
2876 if (VolatileThis)
2877 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002878 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002879 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2880 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002881
2882 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2883 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2884 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002885 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002886 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002887
2888 if (R.empty()) {
2889 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2890 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2891 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2892 // destructor.
2893 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2894 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2895 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2896 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2897 return Result;
2898 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002899
2900 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2901 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2902 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2903
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002904 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002905 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002906 continue;
2907
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002908 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2909 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2910 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2911 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2912 // either.
2913 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2914
2915 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2916 continue;
2917 }
2918
2919 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002920 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002921 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002922 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2923 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002924 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002925 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2926 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002927 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002928 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002929 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2930 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002931 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002932 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002933 OCS, true);
2934 else
2935 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002936 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002937 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002938 } else {
2939 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002940 }
2941 }
2942
2943 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2944 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2945 case OR_Success:
2946 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002947 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002948 break;
2949
2950 case OR_Deleted:
2951 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002952 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002953 break;
2954
2955 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002956 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002957 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2958 break;
2959
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002960 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002961 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002962 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002963 break;
2964 }
2965
2966 return Result;
2967}
2968
2969/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2970CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002971 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002972 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2973 false, false);
2974
2975 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002976}
2977
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002978/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2979CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002980 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002981 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2982 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2983 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2984 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2985 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2986
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002987 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2988}
2989
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002990/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002991CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2992 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002993 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002994 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2995 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002996
2997 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2998}
2999
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003000/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
3001DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00003002 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00003003 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00003004 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003005 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00003006 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003007 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003008 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003009 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00003010 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003011
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00003012 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
3013 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
3014 return Class->lookup(Name);
3015}
3016
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003017/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
3018CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
3019 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00003020 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003021 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3022 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
3023 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3024 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3025 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
3026 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3027 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
3028 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3029 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3030
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00003031 return Result->getMethod();
3032}
3033
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003034/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
3035CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003036 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003037 bool RValueThis,
3038 unsigned ThisQuals) {
3039 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
3040 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
3041 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00003042 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
3043 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00003044 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
3045 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
3046
3047 return Result->getMethod();
3048}
3049
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003050/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
3051///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00003052/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
3053/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003054///
3055/// \returns The destructor for this class.
3056CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00003057 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
3058 false, false, false,
3059 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00003060}
3061
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003062/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
3063/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
3064///
3065/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
3066/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
3067/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
3068Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
3069Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
3070 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003071 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
3072 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003073 LookupName(R, S);
3074 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
3075 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
3076
3077 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
3078 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
3079
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003080 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003081 bool FoundTemplate = false;
3082 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003083 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
3084
3085 while (F.hasNext()) {
3086 Decl *D = F.next();
3087 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3088 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
3089
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00003090 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
3091 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
3092 F.erase();
3093 continue;
3094 }
3095
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003096 bool IsRaw = false;
3097 bool IsTemplate = false;
3098 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
3099 bool IsExactMatch = false;
3100
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003101 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3102 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3103 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3104 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003105 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003106 IsExactMatch = true;
3107 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3108 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3109 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3110 IsExactMatch = false;
3111 break;
3112 }
3113 }
3114 }
3115 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003116 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3117 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3118 if (Params->size() == 1)
3119 IsTemplate = true;
3120 else
3121 IsStringTemplate = true;
3122 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003123
3124 if (IsExactMatch) {
3125 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003126 AllowRaw = false;
3127 AllowTemplate = false;
3128 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3129 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003130 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3131 // already found.
3132 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003133 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003134 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003135 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3136 FoundRaw = true;
3137 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3138 FoundTemplate = true;
3139 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3140 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003141 } else {
3142 F.erase();
3143 }
3144 }
3145
3146 F.done();
3147
3148 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3149 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3150 // or literal operator template.
3151 if (FoundExactMatch)
3152 return LOLR_Cooked;
3153
3154 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3155 // operator template, but not both.
3156 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3157 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003158 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
3159 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003160 return LOLR_Error;
3161 }
3162
3163 if (FoundRaw)
3164 return LOLR_Raw;
3165
3166 if (FoundTemplate)
3167 return LOLR_Template;
3168
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003169 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3170 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3171
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003172 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3173 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3174 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003175 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3176 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003177 return LOLR_Error;
3178}
3179
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003180void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3181 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3182
3183 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3184 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003185 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003186 Old = New;
3187 return;
3188 }
3189
3190 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003191 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3192 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003193
3194 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3195 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003196 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003197
3198 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3199 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3200 if (!Cursor) return;
3201
3202 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3203 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3204
3205 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3206 }
3207
3208 Old = New;
3209}
3210
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003211void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3212 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003213 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3214 // arguments we have.
3215 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3216 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003217 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003218 AssociatedNamespaces,
3219 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003220
3221 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003222 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3223 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3224 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3225 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3226 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3227 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3228 // is the union of X and Y.
3229 //
3230 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3231 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003232 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003233 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3234 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3235 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3236 //
3237 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3238 // ignored.
3239 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003240 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003241 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3242 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3243 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003244 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3245 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003246 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3247 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003248 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3249 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3250 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3251 continue;
3252
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003253 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3254 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3255 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3256 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
Richard Smith82b8d4e2015-12-18 22:19:11 +00003257 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC)) &&
3258 isVisible(cast<NamedDecl>(DI))) {
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003259 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3260 break;
3261 }
3262 }
3263 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003264 continue;
3265 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003266
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003267 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3268 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003269
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003270 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003271 continue;
3272
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003273 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3274 continue;
3275
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003276 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003277 }
3278 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003279}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003280
3281//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3282// Search for all visible declarations.
3283//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003284VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003285
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003286bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3287
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003288namespace {
3289
3290class ShadowContextRAII;
3291
3292class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3293public:
3294 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3295 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3296 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003297 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003298
3299private:
3300 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3301 /// this name within a particular scope.
3302 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3303
3304 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3305 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3306
3307 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3308 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3309
3310 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3311
3312public:
3313 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3314 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3315 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003316 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003317 }
3318
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003319 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3320 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3321 }
3322
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003323 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3324 /// current scope.
3325 ///
3326 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3327 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3328 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3329
3330 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003331 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3332 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3333 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003334};
3335
3336/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3337class ShadowContextRAII {
3338 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3339
3340 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3341
3342public:
3343 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003344 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003345 }
3346
3347 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003348 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3349 }
3350};
3351
3352} // end anonymous namespace
3353
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003354NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
3355 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3356 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3357 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3358 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3359 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3360 if (Pos == SM->end())
3361 continue;
3362
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003363 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003364 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003365 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003366 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003367 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3368 continue;
3369
3370 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003371 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003372 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003373 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003374 continue;
3375
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003376 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3377 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3378 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003379 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003380 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003381 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003382 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003383
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003384 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003385 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003386 }
3387 }
3388
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003389 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003390}
3391
3392static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3393 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003394 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003395 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3396 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003397 if (!Ctx)
3398 return;
3399
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003400 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3401 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3402 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003403
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003404 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3405 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3406 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3407 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3408 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3409
3410 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3411 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3412 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3413 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3414 Idents.get(Name);
3415 }
3416
3417 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3418 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3419 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3420 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3421 I != E; ++I) {
3422 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3423 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3424 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3425 Visited.add(ND);
3426 }
3427 }
3428 }
3429 }
3430
3431 return;
3432 }
3433
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003434 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3435 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3436
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003437 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003438 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003439 for (auto *D : R) {
3440 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3441 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3442 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003443 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003444 }
3445 }
3446
3447 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3448 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3449 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003450 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003451 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003452 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003453 }
3454 }
3455
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003456 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003457 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003458 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3459 return;
3460
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003461 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3462 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003463
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003464 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3465 // there anyway.
3466 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3467 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003468
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003469 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3470 if (!Record)
3471 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003472
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003473 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3474 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3475 //
3476 // struct A { int member; };
3477 // struct B { int member; };
3478 // struct C : A, B { };
3479 //
3480 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3481 //
3482 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3483 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3484 // class, e.g.,
3485 //
3486 // c->B::member
3487 //
3488 // or
3489 //
3490 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003491
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003492 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3493 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3494 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003495 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003496 }
3497 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003498
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003499 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3500 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3501 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003502 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003503 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003504 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003505 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003506 }
3507
3508 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003509 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003510 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003511 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003512 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003513 }
3514
3515 // Traverse the superclass.
3516 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3517 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3518 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003519 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003520 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003521
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003522 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3523 // synthesized ivars.
3524 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3525 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003526 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003527 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003528 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003529 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003530 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003531 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003532 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003533 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003534 }
3535 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003536 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003537 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003538 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003539 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003540 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003541
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003542 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3543 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3544 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003545 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003546 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003547 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003548 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003549}
3550
3551static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3552 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3553 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3554 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3555 if (!S)
3556 return;
3557
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003558 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3559 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003560 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3561 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003562 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003563 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003564 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3565 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003566 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003567 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003568 Visited.add(ND);
3569 }
3570 }
3571 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003572
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003573 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003574 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003575 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003576 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3577 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3578 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003579 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003580 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003581
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003582 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003583 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003584 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3585 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3586 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3587 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3588 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003589 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003590 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003591 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003592 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003593 }
3594
3595 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3596 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3597 // outer scope.
3598 break;
3599 }
3600
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003601 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3602 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003603
3604 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003605 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003606 }
3607 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3608 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3609 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3610 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3611 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3612 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3613 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003614 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003615 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003616 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003617 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003618 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003619 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003620 }
3621
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003622 if (Entity) {
3623 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3624 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003625 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3626 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003627 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003628 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003629 }
3630
3631 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3632 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3633 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3634}
3635
3636void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003637 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3638 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003639 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3640 // unqualified name lookup.
3641 Scope *Initial = S;
3642 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003643 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003644 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3645 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3646 S = S->getParent();
3647
3648 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3649 }
3650 UDirs.done();
3651
3652 // Look for visible declarations.
3653 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003654 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003655 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003656 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3657 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003658 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3659 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3660}
3661
3662void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003663 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3664 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003665 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003666 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003667 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003668 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3669 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003670 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003671 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003672 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003673}
3674
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003675/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003676/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3677/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3678/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003679LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003680 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003681 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003682 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003683
3684 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3685 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3686 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3687 Scope *S = CurScope;
3688 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3689 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3690 }
3691
3692 // Not a GNU local label.
3693 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3694 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3695 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003696 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003697 Res = nullptr;
3698 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003699 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003700 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3701 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003702 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3703 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003704 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003705 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3706}
3707
3708//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003709// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003710//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003711
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003712static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3713 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3714 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3715 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3716}
3717
3718static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3719 LookupResult &Res,
3720 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3721 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3722 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3723 bool EnteringContext,
3724 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3725 bool FindHidden);
3726
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003727/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3728/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3729/// a module' correction.
3730static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3731 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3732 return;
3733
3734 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3735
3736 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3737 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3738 break;
3739 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3740 if (DI == DE)
3741 return;
3742
3743 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3744 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3745
3746 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3747 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3748 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3749 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3750
3751 if (VisibleDecl) {
3752 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3753 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3754 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3755 NewDecls.clear();
3756 }
3757 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3758 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3759 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3760 }
3761
3762 if (NewDecls.empty())
3763 TC = TypoCorrection();
3764 else {
3765 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3766 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3767 }
3768}
3769
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003770// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3771// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3772// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3773static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3774 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3775 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3776 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3777 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3778 else
3779 Identifiers.clear();
3780
3781 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3782
3783 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3784 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3785 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3786 break;
3787
3788 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3789 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3790 return;
3791 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3792 break;
3793
3794 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3795 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3796 break;
3797
3798 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3799 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3800 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3801 break;
3802
3803 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003804 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003805 return;
3806 }
3807
3808 if (II)
3809 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3810}
3811
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003812void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003813 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003814 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3815 if (Hiding)
3816 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003817
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003818 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3819 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3820 // etc.).
3821 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3822 if (!Name)
3823 return;
3824
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003825 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3826 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003827 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003828 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3829 return;
3830
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003831 FoundName(Name->getName());
3832}
3833
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003834void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003835 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3836 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003837 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003838}
3839
3840void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3841 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3842 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003843 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003844}
3845
3846void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3847 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003848 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3849 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003850 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3851 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3852 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003853 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003854
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003855 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3856 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003857 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3858 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003859 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003860
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003861 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003862 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003863 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003864 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003865}
3866
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003867static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3868
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003869void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003870 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003871 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003872
3873 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3874 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3875 // longer than the typo itself.
3876 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3877 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3878 return;
3879
3880 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003881 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3882 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3883 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3884 return;
3885 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003886
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003887 TypoResultList &CList =
3888 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003889
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003890 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3891 CList.pop_back();
3892 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3893 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3894 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3895 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3896 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3897 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3898 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3899 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3900 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3901 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3902 *RI = Correction;
3903 return;
3904 }
3905 }
3906 }
3907 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3908 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003909
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003910 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003911 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3912}
3913
3914void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3915 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3916 SearchNamespaces = true;
3917
3918 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3919 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3920
3921 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3922 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3923 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3924 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3925 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3926 }
Richard Smith2a40fb72015-11-18 01:19:02 +00003927 // Do not transform this into an iterator-based loop. The loop body can
3928 // trigger the creation of further types (through lazy deserialization) and
3929 // invalide iterators into this list.
3930 auto &Types = SemaRef.getASTContext().getTypes();
3931 for (unsigned I = 0; I != Types.size(); ++I) {
3932 const auto *TI = Types[I];
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003933 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3934 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3935 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3936 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3937 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3938 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3939 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3940 }
3941 }
3942}
3943
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003944const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3945 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3946 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3947
3948 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003949 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3950 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3951 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3952 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3953 continue;
3954 }
3955
3956 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3957 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3958 DI->second.erase(RI);
3959 performQualifiedLookups();
3960 continue;
3961 }
3962
3963 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003964 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003965 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3966 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3967 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003968 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003969 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003970}
3971
3972bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3973 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3974 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003975 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003976retry_lookup:
3977 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3978 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003979 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003980 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3981 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3982 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3983 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3984 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3985 if (TempSS) {
3986 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3987 TempSS = nullptr;
3988 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3989 goto retry_lookup;
3990 }
3991 if (TempMemberContext) {
3992 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003993 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003994 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3995 goto retry_lookup;
3996 }
3997 if (SearchNamespaces)
3998 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3999 break;
4000
4001 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4002 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
4003 break;
4004
4005 case LookupResult::Found:
4006 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
4007 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
4008 for (auto *TRD : Result)
4009 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00004010 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004011 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004012 if (SearchNamespaces)
4013 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
4014 break;
4015 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00004016 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004017 return true;
4018 }
4019 return false;
4020}
4021
4022void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
4023 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4024 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
4025 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
4026 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
4027 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
4028
4029 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
4030 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
4031 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
4032 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00004033 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
4034 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004035 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
4036 continue;
4037 }
4038
4039 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
4040 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
4041 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
4042 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
4043 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
4044
4045 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
4046 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
4047 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
4048 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
4049 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
4050 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
4051 continue;
4052
4053 Result.clear();
4054 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
4055 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
4056 continue;
4057
4058 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
4059 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
4060 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
4061 case LookupResult::Found:
4062 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
4063 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
4064 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
4065 std::string OldQualified;
4066 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
4067 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
4068 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
4069 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
4070 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
4071 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
4072 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
4073 break;
4074 }
4075 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
4076 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
4077 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4078 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
4079 : nullptr,
4080 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
4081 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
4082 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004083 if (TC.isResolved()) {
4084 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004085 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00004086 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004087 break;
4088 }
4089 case LookupResult::NotFound:
4090 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
4091 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
4092 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
4093 break;
4094 }
4095 }
4096 }
4097 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004098}
4099
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004100TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
4101 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00004102 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004103 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4104 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4105 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4106 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4107
4108 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4109 }
4110 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4111 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4112 // context.
4113 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4114 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4115 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4116 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
4117 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4118 }
4119
4120 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004121 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4122 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4123 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004124}
4125
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004126auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4127 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004128 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004129 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004130 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004131 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4132 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4133 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4134 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4135 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4136 }
4137 return Chain;
4138}
4139
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004140unsigned
4141TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4142 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004143 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
4144 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
4145 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
4146 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4147 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
4148 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4149 ++NumSpecifiers;
4150 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
4151 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4152 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4153 ++NumSpecifiers;
4154 }
4155 }
4156 return NumSpecifiers;
4157}
4158
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004159void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4160 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004161 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004162 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004163 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004164 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4165
4166 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
4167 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4168 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4169 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
4170 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
4171 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4172 }
4173
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004174 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004175 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004176
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004177 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4178 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004179 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004180 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004181 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004182 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004183 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4184 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004185 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004186 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4187 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004188 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4189 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004190 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4191 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4192 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4193 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4194 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4195 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4196 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004197 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004198 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4199 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4200 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4201 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4202 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4203 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004204 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004205 }
4206 }
4207
4208 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4209 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4210 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4211 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4212 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4213 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4214 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4215 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004216 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4217 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004218 }
4219
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004220 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4221 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004222}
4223
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004224/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4225static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4226 LookupResult &Res,
4227 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4228 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4229 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4230 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004231 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4232 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004233 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4234 Res.clear();
4235 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004236 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004237 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004238 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004239 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004240 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4241 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4242 Res.resolveKind();
4243 return;
4244 }
4245 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004246
Manman Ren5b786402016-01-28 18:49:28 +00004247 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(
4248 Name, ObjCPropertyQueryKind::OBJC_PR_query_instance)) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004249 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4250 Res.resolveKind();
4251 return;
4252 }
4253 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004254
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004255 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4256 return;
4257 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004258
4259 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004260 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004261
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004262 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4263 // LookupParsedName.
4264 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4265 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004266 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004267 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4268 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004269 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004270 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4271 Res.addDecl(IV);
4272 Res.resolveKind();
4273 }
4274 }
4275 }
4276}
4277
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004278/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4279static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4280 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004281 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4282 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4283 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4284 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4285 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4286 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4287 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4288 return;
4289 }
4290
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004291 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4292 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004293
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004294 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004295 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004296 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004297 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004298 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004299 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4300 // storage-specifiers as well
4301 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4302 };
4303
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004304 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004305 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4306 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4307
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004308 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004309 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004310 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004311 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004312 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004313 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4314
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004315 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004316 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4317 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4318 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4319
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004320 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004321 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4322 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4323 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4324 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4325 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4326 }
4327 }
4328
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004329 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004330 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004331 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4332 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4333 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4334 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4335 };
4336 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4337 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004338 }
4339
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004340 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004341 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4342 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4343 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4344 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4345 }
4346
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004347 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004348 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004349 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004350 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4351 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4352 }
4353
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004354 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004355 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004356 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4357 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004358 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004359 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4360 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4361
4362 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4363 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4364 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4365
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004366 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004367 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4368 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4369 }
4370 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004371
4372 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4373 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4374 // is present.
4375 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4376 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004377 }
4378
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004379 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004380 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4381 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004382 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004383 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004384 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004385 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4386 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4387
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004388 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004389 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4390 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4391 }
4392
4393 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4394 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4395
4396 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4397 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4398
4399 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4400 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4401 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4402 }
4403 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004404 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004405 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4406 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4407 }
4408
4409 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4410 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4411 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4412 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4413 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4414 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4415 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4416 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4417 }
4418 }
4419
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004420 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004421 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4422
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004423 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004424 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4425 }
4426 }
4427}
4428
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004429std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4430 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4431 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4432 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4433 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004434 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004435
4436 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4437 DisableTypoCorrection)
4438 return nullptr;
4439
4440 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4441 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4442 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4443 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4444 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4445 return nullptr;
4446
4447 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4448 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4449 if (!Typo)
4450 return nullptr;
4451
4452 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4453 // typos.
4454 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4455 return nullptr;
4456
4457 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4458 // instantiation.
4459 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4460 return nullptr;
4461
4462 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4463 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4464 return nullptr;
4465
4466 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4467 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4468 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4469 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4470 return nullptr;
4471
4472 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4473 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4474 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004475 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004476 return nullptr;
4477
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004478 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4479 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4480 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4481 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4482 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4483 return nullptr;
4484 ++TyposCorrected;
4485
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004486 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4487 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4488 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4489 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4490 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4491 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4492 TypoName.getLocStart());
4493 }
4494
4495 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4496 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4497 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4498 EnteringContext);
4499
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004500 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004501 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004502 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4503 if (MemberContext) {
4504 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4505
4506 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4507 if (OPT) {
4508 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4509 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4510 }
4511 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4512 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4513 if (!QualifiedDC)
4514 return nullptr;
4515
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004516 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4517 } else {
4518 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004519 }
4520
4521 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4522 // corrections.
4523 bool SearchNamespaces
4524 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4525 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4526
4527 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4528 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4529 // seen in this translation unit.
4530 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4531 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4532 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4533
4534 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4535 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4536 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4537 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4538 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4539 do {
4540 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4541 if (Name.empty())
4542 break;
4543
4544 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4545 } while (true);
4546 }
4547 }
4548
4549 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4550
4551 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4552 // to search those namespaces.
4553 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4554 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4555 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4556 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4557 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4558 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4559 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4560 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4561 }
4562
4563 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4564 }
4565
4566 return Consumer;
4567}
4568
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004569/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4570/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4571/// present in the source code.
4572///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004573/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4574/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4575///
4576/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004577///
4578/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4579///
4580/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4581/// looking for, if present.
4582///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004583/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4584/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4585/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4586///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004587/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4588/// a member access expression.
4589///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004590/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004591/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4592///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004593/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4594/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4595///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004596/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4597/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4598/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4599/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4600TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4601 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4602 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004603 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004604 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004605 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4606 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004607 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4608 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004609 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4610
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004611 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4612 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4613 if (ExternalSource) {
4614 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004615 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004616 return Correction;
4617 }
4618
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004619 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4620 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4621 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4622 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4623 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004624
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004625 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004626 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4627 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004628 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004629
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004630 if (!Consumer)
4631 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004632
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004633 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004634 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004635 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004636
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004637 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4638 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004639 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4640 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004641 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004642 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004643
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004644 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4645 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004646 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004647 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004648
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004649 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004650
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004651 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004652 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4653 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4654 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004655 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004656 }
4657
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004658 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004659 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4660 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4661 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004662
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004663 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4664 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004665 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4666 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004667
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004668 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4669 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004670 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004671 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004672 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004673 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4674 // context.
4675
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004676 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4677 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4678 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004679 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4680 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004681 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004682 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4683 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004684 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4685 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004686 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004687
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004688 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4689 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004690 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004691
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004692 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4693 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4694 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004695 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004696}
4697
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004698/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4699/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4700/// present in the source code.
4701///
4702/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4703/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4704///
4705/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4706///
4707/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4708///
4709/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4710/// looking for, if present.
4711///
4712/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4713/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4714/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4715///
4716/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4717/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4718///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004719/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4720/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4721///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004722/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4723/// a member access expression.
4724///
4725/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4726/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4727///
4728/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4729/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4730///
4731/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4732/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4733/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4734/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4735/// needed.
4736TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4737 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4738 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4739 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004740 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004741 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4742 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4743 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4744
4745 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004746 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4747 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004748 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004749
4750 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4751 return nullptr;
4752
4753 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4754 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4755 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4756 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4757 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4758 return nullptr;
4759
4760 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004761 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004762}
4763
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004764void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4765 if (!CDecl) return;
4766
4767 if (isKeyword())
4768 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4769
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00004770 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004771
4772 if (!CorrectionName)
4773 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4774}
4775
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004776std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4777 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4778 std::string tmpBuffer;
4779 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4780 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004781 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004782 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004783 }
4784
4785 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004786}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004787
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004788bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4789 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004790 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4791 return true;
4792
4793 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4794 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4795 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4796
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004797 bool HasNonType = false;
4798 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4799 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4800 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4801 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4802 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4803 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4804 if (Method->isStatic())
4805 HasStaticMethod = true;
4806 else
4807 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4808 }
4809 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4810 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004811 }
4812
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004813 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4814 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4815 return false;
4816
4817 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004818}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004819
4820FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004821 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004822 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004823 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004824 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004825 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4826 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004827 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4828}
4829
4830bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4831 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4832 return candidate.isKeyword();
4833
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004834 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004835 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004836 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004837 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4838 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4839 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4840 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4841 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4842 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4843 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4844 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4845 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4846 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4847 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004848 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004849 return true;
4850 }
4851 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004852
4853 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4854 // the current number of arguments.
4855 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4856 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4857 continue;
4858
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004859 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4860 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4861 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4862 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004863 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004864 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4865 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4866 MemberFn
4867 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4868 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004869 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004870 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004871 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4872 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4873 continue;
4874 }
4875 }
4876 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004877 }
4878 return false;
4879}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004880
4881void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4882 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4883 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4884 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4885 ErrorRecovery);
4886}
4887
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004888/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4889/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004890static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4891 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004892 return VD->getDefinition();
4893 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004894 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4895 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004896 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004897 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004898 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004899 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004900 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004901 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004902 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004903 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004904}
4905
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004906void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4907 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover) {
4908 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4909
4910 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4911 // possible.
4912 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4913 if (!Def)
4914 Def = Decl;
4915
4916 // FIXME: Add a Fix-It that imports the corresponding module or includes
4917 // the header.
4918 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4919 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4920
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004921 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4922 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004923 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004924 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4925
4926 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules,
4927 NeedDefinition ? MissingImportKind::Definition
4928 : MissingImportKind::Declaration,
4929 Recover);
4930}
4931
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00004932/// \brief Get a "quoted.h" or <angled.h> include path to use in a diagnostic
4933/// suggesting the addition of a #include of the specified file.
4934static std::string getIncludeStringForHeader(Preprocessor &PP,
4935 const FileEntry *E) {
4936 bool IsSystem;
4937 auto Path =
4938 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().suggestPathToFileForDiagnostics(E, &IsSystem);
4939 return (IsSystem ? '<' : '"') + Path + (IsSystem ? '>' : '"');
4940}
4941
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004942void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4943 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4944 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4945 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4946 assert(!Modules.empty());
4947
4948 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004949 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004950 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004951 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004952 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004953 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004954 ModuleList += "[...]";
4955 break;
4956 }
4957 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
4958 }
4959
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004960 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
4961 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smith4eb83932016-04-27 21:57:05 +00004962 } else if (const FileEntry *E =
4963 PP.getModuleHeaderToIncludeForDiagnostics(UseLoc, DeclLoc)) {
4964 // The right way to make the declaration visible is to include a header;
4965 // suggest doing so.
4966 //
4967 // FIXME: Find a smart place to suggest inserting a #include, and add
4968 // a FixItHint there.
4969 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_header)
4970 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName()
4971 << getIncludeStringForHeader(PP, E);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004972 } else {
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004973 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
4974 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004975 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004976
4977 unsigned DiagID;
4978 switch (MIK) {
4979 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
4980 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
4981 break;
4982 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
4983 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
4984 break;
4985 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
4986 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
4987 break;
4988 }
4989 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004990
4991 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
4992 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004993 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004994}
4995
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004996/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4997/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4998///
4999/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
5000/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
5001/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
5002/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
5003/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
5004/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
5005/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
5006/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
5007/// to it.
5008void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
5009 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
5010 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
5011 bool ErrorRecovery) {
5012 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
5013 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
5014 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5015 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
5016
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005017 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
5018 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005019 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005020 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
5021
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00005022 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
5023 /*NeedDefinition*/ false, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00005024 return;
5025 }
5026
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005027 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
5028 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
5029
5030 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Richard Smithde6d6c42015-12-29 19:43:10 +00005031 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getFoundDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00005032 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
5033 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
5034 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
5035}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005036
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005037TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
5038 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
5039 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005040 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
5041 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
5042 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
5043 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
5044 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00005045 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00005046 return TE;
5047}
5048
5049const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
5050 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
5051 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
5052 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
5053 return Entry->second;
5054}
5055
5056void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
5057 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
5058}
Richard Smithba3a4f92016-01-12 21:59:26 +00005059
5060void Sema::ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation IILoc, IdentifierInfo *II) {
5061 DeclarationNameInfo Name(II, IILoc);
5062 LookupResult R(*this, Name, LookupAnyName, Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
5063 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5064 R.setHideTags(false);
5065 LookupName(R, S);
5066 R.dump();
5067}